Manual Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G

936 pages 25.22 mb
Download

Go to site of 936

Summary
  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 1

    FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGRAMMA BLE CONTROLL ERS PRO GRA MMING MANU AL Basic & Applied Instructions Edition ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 2

    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 3

    1 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Pro grammable Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Editio n Foreword This manual contains text, diagrams and explanati ons which will guide the reader through the safe and cor ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 4

    2 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Outl in e Prec aut ion s • This manual provides information for the use of the FX 3U Series Programmable Controllers. The manual has been written to be used by trained and competent personnel. The definiti on of such a person or ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 5

    3 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm in g M anu al - B asic & Ap plie d Instr uctio ns Editio n Tabl e of Co nten ts Table of Contents Related manuals ................... .................... ................... ............. ................... .................... .. ............. 14 Generic Names and A bbreviatio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 6

    4 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 4.4 State Relay [S] ............ ............ ........... ................. ........... ........... ........... ............ .......... .................. .......... 89 4.4.1 Numbers of state relays .. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 7

    5 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 5. Ho w to Sp ecify Devices and C onstant s to Ins truction s 149 5.1 Nu meric Val ues Handl ed in PLCs (O ctal, Dec imal, Hex adecima l and Re al Numbers ) .................... ... 149 5.1.1 Types of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 8

    6 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Ca ll Subrouti ne ................. ........... ............ ................ ............ ........... ........... . ..... ........ 224 8.2.1 Caut ions on subro utines and in terr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 9

    7 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 12.8 FNC 4 7 – ANR / Ann unciator Reset............ ................. ........... ........... ............ ................ .......... ....... ... 331 12.9 FNC 4 8 – SQR / Squ are Root ............ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 10

    8 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 16.4 FNC 8 3 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadec imal Conv ersion ............... ........... ................. ........... ............ ........ 4 61 16.5 FNC 8 4 – CCD / Che ck Code ............... ........ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 11

    9 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 21. Real Time C lock Contro l – FNC160 to FNC169 560 21.1 FNC16 0 – TCMP / RTC Da ta Compare ....................... ........... ........... ................. ........... ............ .... .... 5 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 12

    10 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 28. Data Compari son – FNC220 t o FNC249 652 28.1 FNC22 4~230 – LD =, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison ...................... ........... ................. ........... ... 65 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 13

    11 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 35. SFC Pr ogram and Step La dder 751 35.1 SFC Pro gram ........................ ........... ........... ........... ................. ........... ............ ........... .. ......... .............. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 14

    12 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts 37.2 Sup plement o f Speci al Device s (M8 000 - and D8 000 -) ............... ........... ........... ........... ................. ... 85 2 37.2.1 RUN monit or and init ial pul se [M8000 to M80 03]. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 15

    13 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Prog ramm ing Man ual - Ba sic & Appl ied In stru ctio ns Ed itio n Tabl e of Co nten ts Appe ndix B: In stru ction Exec utio n Time 897 Appendi x B-1 Basic Instru ction Exe cutio n Time ............ ............ ........... ................. ........... ........... ....... ....... 897 Ap ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 16

    14 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Related manuals For de tailed explan ation of programmin g (basi c instr uctions , appl ied inst ruction s and ste p ladder i nstruct ions) i n FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, refer to this m anual. For ha rdware inf ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 17

    15 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als  Communicatio n via RS-23 2C/RS-422/RS -485/US B When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with pr od ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 18

    16 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als  CC-Link, MELSEC I/O L INK and AS-i system When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with pr oduct FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 19

    17 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als { Su pplie d with pr oduct FX 2N -8A D User’s Manual JY992D86 001 Handling proc edures of th e 8-chan nel analog input (and ther mocoupl e input) spec ial function block. 09R608 U Su pplie d with pr oduct FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 20

    18 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Manuals for high spe ed counter  High speed counte r When using ea ch product, refer also to the Us er’s Manual - Hardware Edition of the PLC main unit to wh ich each product is connected. U Su pplie d with p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 21

    19 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Related manu als Manu als fo r FX- 30P U Supplied with produ ct FX- 30 P Installa tion Manu al JY997D34 201 Describes F X-30P spe cificati on extract ed fro m the FX-30P Operat ion ma nual. For data ils, ref er to FX- 30P Operati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 22

    20 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Generic Names and Abbrevia tions U sed i n Manual s Generic Names and Abbreviations Used in Manuals Abbr eviatio n/gen eric n ame Name Programmable c ontrollers FX 3G Series Gener ic name of FX 3G Series PLCs FX 3G PLC or main uni ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 23

    21 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Generic Names and Abbrevia tions U sed i n Manual s Open fi eld networks CC-Link and CC-Link/ LT CC-Link equipme nt Generic name of CC-Link master station and CC-Link remote statio ns CC-Link master (sta tion) Generic name of CC-L ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 24

    22 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 1 Introdu ction 1.1 Programm ing Langu age in PLCs 1. Introduction This ch apter ex plains basic items rel ated to progra mming in FX 3G , FX 3U and FX 3UC programmable control lers ( PLCs). 1.1 Programming Language i n PLCs This ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 25

    23 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 1 Introdu ction 1.1 Programm ing Langu age in PLCs 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 26

    24 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.1 Introduc tion of Conv enient Func tions 2. Overview (Sequence Progra m) This cha pter ex plains t he basic fun ctio ns of FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. This c hapter i ncludes not o nly the featur ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 27

    25 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.1 Introduc tion of Conv enient Func tions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 28

    26 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.2 Introduction of A pplied Ins tructions 4. Registration of "entry code " for prote cting prog rams The entr y code can be registered to preve nt erroneo us read/i ncorr ect write pr ot ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 29

    27 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.3 Analog/ Positioning Sp ecial Contro l 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 30

    28 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.4 Link and Commun ication 3. High speed counter • High speed counter (hardw are counter equip ped with mu ltiplicati on functio n) → Refer to the re specti ve produ ct manual. 2.4 Link and Co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 31

    29 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 32

    30 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 2.5.2 Device list 1. Input relays (X) and output relays (Y ) → Refer to Section 4. 2. • Input relay and out put rel ay number s are assigned to e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 33

    31 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.5 Introdu ction of Dev ices Cons tructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 34

    32 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6 Program Memory and De vices 2.6.1 Memory structu re 1. In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs are equipped with the RAM memory as st andar d. By mount ing a me ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 35

    33 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 36

    34 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6.2 Memory operations and latche d (battery or EEPROM backed) devices (power ON/OFF an d RUN/STOP) 1. Backup o peration The oper ations of the data me mory, bi t d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 37

    35 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 38

    36 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 3) Types of bit dev ice memory a) FX 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. Some device s are clear ed when the PLC st atus swit ches from STOP to RUN. → For special auxilia ry rela y ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 39

    37 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 40

    38 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 2.6.3 Types of ba ckup methods a gainst power failure There ar e the foll owing type s of latch ( battery backup) for the pro gram memory and bu ilt-in PLC devices . ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 41

    39 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.6 Progra m Memory and Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 42

    40 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7 Types and Setti ng of Parameters Setti ng of paramet ers means set ting the environmen t where the PLC op erate s. Almost all FX PLCs can be us ed with facto ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 43

    41 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 44

    42 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.2 Parameter i nitial v alues and available t ools for changing parameter values 1) FX 3U /FX 3U C PLC *1. These programmi ng tool s are not appl icable to FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 45

    43 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 46

    44 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.3 Memory capacity setti ng range ~ Built -in memory ca pacity 3 Can be se t by c hang ing p aramet er. Caution s on setting the memory capaci ty When one blo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 47

    45 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 48

    46 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.5 Keyword (entr y code) By regi stering t he ent ry code i n a PLC, th e functi ons of pr ogramming tools , display module s, and di splay uni ts to change p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 49

    47 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 50

    48 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Registering and changing the ent ry codes This section expl ains t he opera ting procedu re of GX Developer (Ver. 8.72A) → For the entry code regi stratio n/ch ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 51

    49 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 52

    50 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Canceling the entry codes This section expl ains t he op erating procedu re of GX Developer (Ver. 8.23Z) → Fo r the e ntry code canc elin g (delet ion) p roced ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 53

    51 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 54

    52 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2 Setting memo ry cap acity *1. The init ial val ue is 8000 ste ps in GX Develop er Ver. 8.22 or ea rlier a nd FX 3G PLCs. *2. This funct ion i s suppo rted only ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 55

    53 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 56

    54 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 5 Assigning I/Os, setting the initial values for special unit s, and setting built-in CC-Link/L T 1. Click th e "I/O assig nment" tab, a nd then set th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 57

    55 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 58

    56 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [End] button to finish the setting and cl ose "Special Function Block Set tings" dialog box. 4. Set the built-in CC-Link/LT on t he "Buil ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 59

    57 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 60

    58 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2) FX 3G PLCs *1. This area c an be set only i n FX 3U /FX 3U C PLCs. *2. This area c an be set only i n FX 3G PLC s. *3. X000 to X007 in the FX 3U -16M  , FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 61

    59 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 62

    60 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 8 Setting p ositionin g The positioning setting funct ion is available in all FX 3G PLCs and FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs V er . 2.20 or later . 1. Click "Positioning ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 63

    61 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 64

    62 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [Individual setting] button t o display "Positioning instruction settings" dialog box. In this dialog box, set the positioning table for each ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 65

    63 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 2 Over view (S equence Prog ram) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 66

    64 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.1 Ba sic I nst ruct ions 3. Instruction List This cha pter i ntroduce s a list of instructi ons avail able in programming. 3.1 Basic Instructio ns The basic instruc tions ar e provided in the foll owing ser ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 67

    65 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.1 Ba sic I nst ruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 68

    66 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.2 Step Ladder Instructio ns 3.2 Step Ladder Instructions 3.3 Applied Instructions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Applie d instr uctions such as Arit hmetic op eration , Rot ation and Shift, Handy instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 69

    67 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 70

    68 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC Rotation and Shift Op eration 30 R OR Rotatio n Right 333 –– 3 – 3 Section 11.1 31 ROL Rotation Lef t 333 –– 3 – 3 Section 11.2 32 RCR ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 71

    69 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 72

    70 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 68 ROTC Rotary Table Control 33 –– – 3 – 3 Section 14.9 69 SORT SORT Tabulated Data 33 –– – 3 – 3 Sect ion 14.10 Ext ernal FX I/O D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 73

    71 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 74

    72 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 122 EMUL Floating Point Multiplication 33 *6 – – 3 – 3 Sectio n 18.10 123 EDIV Floating Point Division 33 *6 – – 3 – 3 Secti on 18.11 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 75

    73 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 76

    74 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 163 TSU B RTC Data S ubtr action 3333 3 3 33 Section 21.4 164 HTOS Ho ur to S econd Conversi on 33 –– – – –– Secti on 21.5 165 STOH Sec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 77

    75 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 78

    76 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 206 MID R Random Select ion of Character St rings 33 –– – – –– Section 26.7 207 MI DW Random Replac ement of Character St rings 33 –? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 79

    77 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 80

    78 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC Data Table Operat ion 250 to 255 – – 256 LIM IT Lim it Cont rol 33 –– – – –– Secti on 29.1 257 BAND Dead Ba nd Control 33 –– ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 81

    79 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programma ble Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3 Ins tructi on List 3.3 Appl ied Ins tr ucti ons ... in Asce ndi ng O rder of FNC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 82

    80 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 4. Devices in Detail This chap ter ex plains how nu meric val ues are han dled in the PLC as well as the rol es and func tions of various bui lt-i n device s incl uding I/ O relays , ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 83

    81 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 84

    82 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 2) FX 3G PLCs Device name Des cription Reference I/O re lay Input relay X000 to X1 77 128 point s Devic e numbers are octal. The total nu mber of input s and outp uts is 128. Section ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 85

    83 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.1 Devi ce Nu mber List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 86

    84 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y ] Some input relays and out put rela ys are secure d in the main uni t, and others ar e assigned t o extensio n device s accord ing t o the conne ctio n order. Beca ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 87

    85 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 88

    86 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2.3 Operation t iming of i nput relays The PLC ex ecute s seque nce contr ol by r epeate dly exec uting t he foll owing pr ocessing proce dure. I n this batch I/ O metho d, not o nly ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 89

    87 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.3 Auxilia ry Relay [M] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 90

    88 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.3 Auxilia ry Relay [M] 2. Latched (battery backed) t ype When the powe r is turned OFF while the PLC is operating , all of the output relays and gene ral type aux iliary relays turn OF F. When res toring t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 91

    89 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 92

    90 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 4.4.2 Functions an d operati on examples 1. General type In the step ping ty pe process co ntrol sho wn i n the le ft figur e, when th e star t signal X000 tu rns ON, t he sta te rela y ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 93

    91 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.4 State Re lay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 94

    92 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5 Timer [T] Timers add and count cl ock pulses of 1 ms, 10 ms, 100 ms, etc. ins ide the PLC. When t he counted va lue re aches a specif ied set va l ue, t he outpu t conta ct of the timer tu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 95

    93 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 96

    94 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5.3 Set value specifi cation method 1. Specif ying a con stant (K) T10 is a 1 00 ms ( 0.1 sec ) type timer. When the co nstant "100" is s pecified, T 10 works as a 10- seco nd time ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 97

    95 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 98

    96 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.5 Timer [T ] 4.5.7 Handling timers as numeric devices In ti mers, t he outpu t con tact opera ting i n acco rdance with t he set v alue is used in some c ases, and t he pres ent va lue is used as numeric d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 99

    97 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Mov ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 100

    98 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 4.6.4 Functions an d operati on examples 1. General type and latched (battery ba cked) type 16-bit up count ers • The valid set rang e of 16-b it binary up co unter is from K1 to K32 767 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 101

    99 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Mov ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 102

    100 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.6 Co unter [ C] 4.6.7 Handling count ers as numeri c devices Counter s use ou tput cont acts operating i n acco rdance with the s et value or use the counte r val ue (curr ent valu e) as nume ric da ta fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 103

    101 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 104

    102 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 5. High speed counter device list *1. They a re handl ed as so ftware c ounte rs dep ending on the ope rati ng con dition . When the y are h andled as softwar e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 105

    103 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 106

    104 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) Restri ction to ove rlap input numbers • Inputs X000 to X007 ar e used for hi gh speed cou nters, input int errupt, pulse cat ch, SPD/ZRN/ DSZR/DVIT instru cti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 107

    105 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 108

    106 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) • A 2-phase encoder generate s outputs for the A phase and B phase by a phas e differ ence of 90 ° . With the se outputs , a high sp eed counter automati call ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 109

    107 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 110

    108 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.7.6 Changing the logic of ext ernal reset input sig nal The count ers C24 1 to C245, C2 47 to C25 0 and C252 t o C255 are us ually r eset wh en the ext ernal r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 111

    109 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 112

    110 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.7.9 Conditions for hardware counters to be handled as software count ers High s peed co unters are c lassifi ed in to hardwa re co unters and sof tware c ounte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 113

    111 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 114

    112 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 2) When special analog adapt ers an d FX 3U /FX 3UC Se ries speci al fu nction bloc ks/uni ts ar e use d *1. When an ind ex reg ister i s added t o a coun ter nu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 115

    113 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 116

    114 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.7 High Spe ed Counter [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) • Write the followi ng program t o "reset only the cur rent val ue of a hig h speed coun ter (and do es not tu rn OFF the cont act) ". 1) Pr ogram ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 117

    115 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 118

    116 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 5. High speed counter device list *1. C248 a nd C253 ar e usua lly use d as c ounters havin g reset input, but can be used a s counter s C248 (OP) and C253 (OP) not ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 119

    117 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 120

    118 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 4.8.3 Handling of high speed counters High s peed c ounte rs in FX 3G PLCs ope rate in th e same way as high sp eed count ers in FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. For de tails, r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 121

    119 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 122

    120 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 4.8.7 Response freque ncy of high speed counte rs 1. Response frequency and overall frequency When any of the foll owing fun ctions/ instr uctions i s used, t he ov ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 123

    121 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 124

    122 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.8 High Sp eed Coun ter [C] (FX3G PLCs ) • Write the followi ng program t o "reset only the cur rent val ue of a hig h speed coun ter (and do es not tu rn OFF the cont act) ". 1) Pr ogram exam ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 125

    123 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 126

    124 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 4.9.2 Structures of data register s and fi le regist ers 1) 16-bit t ype One (16-bi t) data reg i ste r or fil e registe r can store a numeric value wit hin the ran ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 127

    125 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 128

    126 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 3. Operat ion example s Data registers ca n be used in variou s control with numer ic data . This s ection e xplai ns the o peratio ns of repre senta tive bas ic in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 129

    127 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 130

    128 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 2. File regist er ↔ Data register <updating the same number registers by BMOV (FNC 15) instructio n> When the s ame file regi ster is specif ied for both an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 131

    129 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 132

    130 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.9 Data Register an d File Registe r [D] 2) When file r egister s of diff erent devi ce number s are speci fied for the sour ce and des tinati on Write • When X001 is set t o ON, the conte nts of the dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 133

    131 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 134

    132 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.3 Structures of extension r egisters and extension file r egisters One ex tension regi ster con sist s of 16 bits. Extensi on reg isters ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 135

    133 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 136

    134 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.6 Functions and oper ation examples of extension f ile regis ters Extensi on file registe rs (ER) are us ually use d as log data st orage ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 137

    135 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 138

    136 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 2. Sectors of extension registers and extension file registers In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, extensi on regist ers and ext ension f ile regis ters a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 139

    137 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 140

    138 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 4.10.8 Registration of data i n extension r egister s and extensi on file r egisters This sub secti on explai ns the opera ting procedures of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 141

    139 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 142

    140 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 5. Input a device number to be set to "Device Label", and click the [Display] button. 6. Select the data type to be set in the two s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 143

    141 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.10 Exten sion Re gister [R] and Extension File Re gister [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 144

    142 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.11 Index R egister [V and Z] 4.11 Index Register [ V and Z] Index r egister s can be us ed in the same wa y as of data r egister s. But the y are speci al regis ters si nce they can change the con tents o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 145

    143 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.11 Index R egister [V and Z] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 146

    144 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 4.12 Pointer [P and I] 4.12.1 Numbers of pointe rs The ta ble below sh ows numbers of pointe rs (P and I). (Numbers are assign ed in decimal .) When usi ng a point er for input i nte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 147

    145 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 148

    146 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] Operati ons 2. Pointers for timer interrupt : 3 points → For deta ils on timer interru pt func tion, ref er to Secti on 36.5. The PLC execu t es an in terr upt routi ne progra m at ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 149

    147 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 150

    148 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 4 D evice s in Deta il 4.12 Poi nter [P and I] Operati ons M8000 RUN monitor FNC 04 EI FNC 53 DHSCS K1000 C255 FNC 03 IRET END Step 0 C255 I010 Interrupt p oin ter number is specified FNC 06 FEND Interrupt r outine (inte rrupt pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 151

    149 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 152

    150 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 5.1.2 Conversion of numeric values Numeric values handl ed in FX PLCs can ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 153

    151 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 154

    152 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.1 Numer ic Val ues Hand led i n PLCs (O ctal, Decimal , Hexad ecima l and Rea l Number s) Scientific not ation (rea l number) Becau se binary floa ting point (real ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 155

    153 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.2 Specif icatio n of Con stan ts K, H a nd E (Dec imal , Hexad ecima l and Re al Num ber) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specifi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 156

    154 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.3 Cha racte r Strin gs 5.3 Character String s Charact er str ings are clas sified into c haracte r stri ng con stants w hich directly speci fy char acter s trings i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 157

    155 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.4 Sp eci ficati on of Digit s for Bit De vices (Kn[ ]* **) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 158

    156 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.5 Bit Spe cific atio n of a Wor d Device (D[ ]. b) 5.5 Bit Specification of a Word Device (D[ ].b) By speci fying a bit of a word devi ce, the spec ified bi t can b ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 159

    157 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 160

    158 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 5.7.2 Indexing in applied inst ructions Expression of applied inst ructions allowi ng indexing In th e expl anatio n of app lied i nstruct ions , " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 161

    159 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 162

    160 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Prog ramma ble Control le rs Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 5 How to Specify Devi ces and Con stants t o Instruc tions 5.7 Ind exi ng 5.7.3 Indexing ex ample for instructi on with limited nu mber of use . By modif ying the targ et device numbers usin g index re gister s V and Z, t he ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 163

    161 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Inst ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 164

    162 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s Out li ne 1. Instruct ion format 1) The applie d instru ction numbe r (FNC No. ) and inst ruction mnemonic are i ndicate d. The table be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 165

    163 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.1 How to R ead E xpl anatio n of Inst ruction s 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Inst ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 166

    164 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 6.2 Cautions on Creation of Fu ndamental Programs This section expl ains c autions on p rogrammin g. 6.2.1 Programming procedur e an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 167

    165 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 168

    166 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.2 Caut ions on Creatio n of F undament al Progr ams 6.2.3 Circuits which cannot b e programmed and countermeasures 1. Bridge circuit A circu it in whi ch the cur rent f lows in bo th d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 169

    167 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.3 I/O Pr ocessing an d Response Delay 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 170

    168 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.4 Mutu al Relationshi p Among Program Flow Contro l Instructions 6.4 Mutual Relationship Among Program Flow Control Ins tructions The tabl e below sh ows the mutual re lati onship amon ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 171

    169 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.4 Mutu al Relationshi p Among Program Flow Contro l Instructions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 172

    170 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5 General Rules for Applie d Instructions 6.5.1 Expression and operati on type of applied instru ctions Instructions and opera nds - Both a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 173

    171 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 174

    172 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5.2 Handling of general f lags In some typ es of appli ed instr uctions , the fo llowin g flags oper ate: Examples : M8020: Zero flag M8021: ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 175

    173 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 176

    174 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 6.5.3 Handling of operat ion error flag When ther e is an er ror in t he appl ied ins truction configu ration, target device or target device ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 177

    175 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 6 What to Understan d before Pro grammin g 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 178

    176 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7. Basic Instruction This cha pter ex plains t ypes and f unctions of basic seq uence i nstruct ions. For begi nners to seq uence con trol, we off er "Intro duction Cou rse" and "Relay Ladde ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 179

    177 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Comp are ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 180

    178 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.1 LD , LDI 7.1 LD, L DI Out li ne LD and LDI ins truc tions ar e contacts connected t o bus lines . When comb ined with ANB ins truction descr ibed l ater, LD an d LDI i nstruct ions c an be used for the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 181

    179 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.1 LD , LDI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 182

    180 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 7.2 OU T Out li ne OUT instruct ion d rives co ils of output relays (Y), a uxiliary relay s (M), s tate r elays (S ), tim ers (T) and co unters (C). 1. Instruct ion format → For the numbe r of in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 183

    181 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 184

    182 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.2 OUT 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in OUT inst ructi on can be in dexed with index re gister s (V and Z). (State re lays (S), sp ecial auxili ary relay s (M), 32-b it counters (C ), and "D  .b&quo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 185

    183 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 186

    184 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 2. ANI instru ction (serial c onnection o f NC (normally clo sed) cont acts) 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in AND an d ANI instr uction ca n be index ed with inde x regi sters (V an d Z). (Sta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 187

    185 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.3 AN D, AN I 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 188

    186 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 7.4 OR, ORI Out li ne OR and ORI inst ructi ons are used to connect one contact in para llel. If two o r more cont acts are c onnect ed in seri es, us e ORB instr uction de scribed later t o co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 189

    187 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move &a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 190

    188 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.4 OR, ORI 5. Bit specif ication of d ata register (D) *1 A bit in data register (D) can be specified as a device us ed in OR and ORI instr uctions . When specif ying a bit in data regi ster, input " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 191

    189 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 192

    190 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. LDP, ANDP, and ORP instructions (initial logical operation of rising ed ge pulse, serial connection of rising edge pulse, a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 193

    191 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 194

    192 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 4. Output drive side The fo llowin g two circu its offe r a same operat ion: In each ci rcuit, M6 is ON during only one op eration cycle when X010 turns ON f rom OFF. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 195

    193 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 196

    194 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.5 LDP, LDF , AND P, A NDF, ORP , ORF Cautions 1. Cautions when LDP, LDF, ANDP, AN DF, ORP, or ORF instruction programmed in a sa me step is executed two or mor e times within one operation cycle When LDP ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 197

    195 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.6 ORB 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 198

    196 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.7 ANB 7.7 ANB Out li ne Use ANB inst ruct ion to conne ct a bran ch circui t (paral lel ci rcuit bl ock) to the preced ing ci rcuit i n series. Use LD or LDI instr uction at the star t of bran ch. After ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 199

    197 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 200

    198 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP Err or MPS instr uction ca n be used two or mor e times. However, the diff erence between number of MPS instru ctions an d the number of MPP instruct ions sh ould be 11 or less, and shoul ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 201

    199 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 202

    200 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 3) Pr ogram exam ple 3: Tw o sta cks 4) Pr ogram exampl e 4: Fo ur sta cks In progr amming a cir cuit on th e upper side, it is nece ssary to MPS instru ction th ree times. By changi ng t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 203

    201 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 204

    202 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR Cau ti on 1. A circuit error (Err or code: 6611) occurs when an instruction connected the bus line (such as LD and LDI) is not present just after the M C instruction. 2. Cautions on write duri ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 205

    203 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.9 MC , MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 206

    204 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.10 IN V 7.10 I NV Out li ne 1. Instructio n Format INV i nstru ction inverts the op eration resul t up to jus t befo re INV instr uction , and d oes no t re quire d evice number specif ication. 2. Applic ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 207

    205 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.11 MEP, MEF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 208

    206 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.11 MEP, MEF Cau ti on 1. MEP an d MEF instructions may not operat e normally if the indexed contact is modified and changed to pulses by sub-rout ine programs, the FOR and NEXT instr uctions, etc. 2. As ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 209

    207 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 210

    208 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 3. Output drive side The fo llowin g two circu its resul t the same ope rati on. In each cas e, M0 is ON during onl y one oper ation cy cle when X000 cha nges from OFF t o ON. In each cas e, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 211

    209 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.12 PL S, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 212

    210 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST 7.13 SET, RST Out li ne 1) Setting a bit device (SET instruct ion (set bit dev ice latc h ON)) When the co mmand in put tur ns ON, S ET instr uction sets to O N an out put rel ay (Y), au xili ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 213

    211 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 214

    212 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.13 SET, RST Caution s on using RST inst ruction for a jumpe d prog ram, subrouti ne progr am or inte rrupt p rogram When RST i nstr ucti on for a time r or co unter is ex ecute d in a j umped progr am, s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 215

    213 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.14 NOP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 216

    214 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.15 END 7.15 E ND Out li ne END instruc tion speci fies t he end of a progr am. (Do not wr ite the END in stru ction in the middle of a pro gram.) 1. Instruct ion format 2. Applicabl e devices Explanation ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 217

    215 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 7 Ba sic I nstru ctio n 7.16 Nu mber of Inst ruction Step s and Speci fied Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 218

    216 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8. Program Flow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 FNC 00 to FNC 09 provide in struct ions mainl y relate d to cont rol flow of sequenc e programs su ch as condit ional progra m exec ution and pr iorit y pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 219

    217 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 220

    218 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump Cautions 1. Relationship between the label input position and the list program The figu re belo w shows pro gramming of a label. When cre ating a circui t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 221

    219 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 222

    220 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump Program example 1. When jump is necess ary after the OFF pr ocessing In one oper ation cycle a f ter X023 ch anges to ON from OF F, CJ P7 in struc tion be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 223

    221 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 224

    222 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 2. Circuit example 2 for explaining operations (whe n only an RST instruc tion for a timer or counter is jumped) When X011 turns ON whil e the RST instr u ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 225

    223 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditiona l Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 226

    224 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Sub routine Out li ne This in struct ion call s and execute s a program whi ch should be pr ocesse d commonly in a sequence p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 227

    225 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 228

    226 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 8.2.1 Cautions on subrouti nes and inter rupt routi nes This secti on expl ains cautio ns on creati ng p rogra ms in s ubrout ines a nd i nterrup t rout ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 229

    227 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / C all Subr outine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 230

    228 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.3 FNC 02 – SR ET / Subroutine Retur n 8.3 FNC 02 – SRET / Subroutine Return Out li ne This in struct ion retur ns the progr am executi on from a subr outine to the main prog ram. 1. Inst ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 231

    229 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / Interrupt Retu rn 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 232

    230 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / Interrupt Retu rn Program example Inte rrupts ar e usuall y disable d in PLCs. Use EI inst ruct ion to enabl e inte rrupts . When X000 tu rns ON wh ile the main program i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 233

    231 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.5 FNC 04 – EI / E nable Interrupt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 234

    232 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Disable Inte rrupt 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Di sable Interrupt Out li ne This in stru ction dis ables int errupt s afte r interr upts were enabl ed by EI (F NC 04) instr uction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 235

    233 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – Main Routi ne Program E nd 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 236

    234 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – Main Routi ne Program E nd 2. In the ca se of CALL i nstruction Cautions 1. When FEND i nstruction is progra mmed two or more times Put a subro utin e program or i nterrup t rou ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 237

    235 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – W DT / Watchdo g Timer Refre sh 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 238

    236 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – W DT / Watchdo g Timer Refre sh 2. The watchdog timer time can be changed. → For de tails on cha nging watc hdog timer time, refe r to Subsec tion 37 .2.2. By overwr iting the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 239

    237 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.9 FNC 08 – FO R / Start a FOR /NEXT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 240

    238 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NE XT / End a FOR/NE XT Loop 8.10 FNC 09 – NEXT / End a FOR/NEXT Loop Out li ne NEXT instru ction s pecifi es the end p ositi on of t he loop . 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 241

    239 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NE XT / End a FOR/NE XT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 242

    240 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9. Move and Compare – FNC 10 to FNC 19 FNC 10 to FNC 19 provi de fundament al data pro cessing i nstruct ions su ch as data tran sfer and data compari son which are rega rded as mos t im ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 243

    241 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – C MP / Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 244

    242 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – C MP / Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DCMP and DCMPP) The com parison va lue [ +1, ] and the comp arison source [ +1, ] are compared wi th each othe r. According to the result ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 245

    243 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZC P / Zone Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 246

    244 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZC P / Zone Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DZCP and DZCPP) The lowe r compa rison v alue [ + 1, ] and upper comp aris on value [ +1, ] are compa red with the compari son so ur ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 247

    245 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 248

    246 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move When a word device is s pecifie d The wor d device tran sfers 1 point. 2. 32-bit operation (DMOV and DMOVP) The con tents of t he transf er source [ +1, ] are tr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 249

    247 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – M OV / Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 250

    248 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve Out li ne This in stru ction dis tributes and compose s data in un its of digi t (4 bits ). 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 251

    249 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Mo ve 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 252

    250 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.5 F NC 14 – CM L / Compl eme nt 9.5 FNC 14 – CML / C omplement Out li ne This in stru ction inv erts dat a in units of bit, and t hen tra nsfers (c opies) t he inve rted da ta. 1. In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 253

    251 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.5 F NC 14 – CM L / Compl eme nt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 254

    252 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move Out li ne This instru ctio n trans fers (copie s) a specif ied numb er of data at o ne time . 1. Instruct ion format 2. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 255

    253 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 256

    254 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 9.6.1 Function of trans fer between f ile regi sters and dat a regi sters BMOV (FNC 15) i nstru ction has a special fu ncti on for file r egister s (D100 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 257

    255 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 1 5 – BMOV / Block M ove 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 258

    256 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move Out li ne This in stru ction trans fers same data to specifi ed number of dev ices . 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 259

    257 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 260

    258 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchan ge 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchange Out li ne This in stru ction exch anges dat a betwe en two device s. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Applicabl e devices ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 261

    259 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchan ge 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00- FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 262

    260 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / C onversion to Binary Coded Decimal Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts b inary (BI N) da ta int o binar y ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 263

    261 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 264

    262 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversi on to Binary Code d Decimal Program examples 1. When the seven- segment dis play unit has 1 digit 2. When the seven- segment dis play unit has 2 to 4 di gits ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 265

    263 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 266

    264 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 2. 32-bit operation (DBIN and DBINP) This i nstru ction co nverts t he binary -code d decima l (BCD) dat a of [ +1, ] into bi nary (BI N) data , ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 267

    265 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 9 Move and Compar e – FNC 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conve rsion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 268

    266 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10. Arithmetic and Logical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FNC 29 FNC 20 to FN C 29 provide instr uctions for a rithmet ic oper ations ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 269

    267 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 270

    268 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion Related de vices 1. Relationship between the flag operation and the sign (p ositive or negative) of a numer ic valu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 271

    269 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.1 FN C 20 – ADD / Addit ion 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 272

    270 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction 10.2 FNC 21 – SUB / Subtraction Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes su btracti on using t wo value s to obt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 273

    271 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 274

    272 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.2 FNC 21 – S UB / Su btraction Program example 1. Difference between SUB instruction and DEC instruction caused by a progr am for subtracting & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 275

    273 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Befor ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 276

    274 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n • When a digit (K1 to K8) is specif ied for [ +1, ] A digit ca n be specifi ed in the ra nge fro m K1 to K8. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 277

    275 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplicatio n 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Befor ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 278

    276 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / D ivision Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes divi sion by two values to obtain t he resul ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 279

    277 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 280

    278 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.4 FNC 23 – D IV / D ivision Program examples 1. 16-bit operation 2. 32-bit operation Function Changes Acc ording t o Versions Compa tible Versi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 281

    279 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Prog ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 282

    280 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment Program example X010 M 1 X011 FNC 12 MOVP K 0 Z FNC 18 BCDP C 0Z K4Y000 FNC 24 INCP Z FNC 10 CMPP K 10 Z M 0 0 → ( ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 283

    281 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.6 FNC 25 – D EC / Decrement 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 284

    282 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.7 FNC 26 – W AND / Logica l Word AND 10.7 FNC 26 – WAND / Logical Word AND Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes the logi cal produ ct (AND) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 285

    283 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.7 FNC 26 – W AND / Logica l Word AND 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 B ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 286

    284 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.8 FN C 27 – WOR / L ogical Word OR 10.8 FNC 27 – WOR / Logical Word OR Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the logi cal su m (OR) operati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 287

    285 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.8 FN C 27 – WOR / L ogical Word OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Bef ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 288

    286 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclus ive OR 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclusive OR Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the excl usive log i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 289

    287 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclus ive OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 290

    288 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NE G / Negation 10.10 FNC 29 – NEG / Negation Out li ne This in struct ion obtai ns the comple ment of a nu meric val ue (by inve ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 291

    289 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 10 Arithmetic and Log ical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FN C 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NE G / Negation 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 292

    290 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11. Rotation and Shift Operation – FNC 3 0 to FNC 39 FNC 3 0 to FN C 39 provide instr uctions for rotat ing and shi fting bit da ta an d wor d data in s pecified dir ection ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 293

    291 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotat ion Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 294

    292 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotat ion Right 2. 32-bit operation (DROR and DRORP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated ri ghtward. • The final bit is st ored i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 295

    293 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotat ion Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 296

    294 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotat ion Left 2. 32-bit operation (DROL and DROLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated le ftward. • The final bit is st ored in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 297

    295 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Ri ght with Car ry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 298

    296 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Ri ght with Car ry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCR and DRCRP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 bit (carry flag M802 2) are rotate d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 299

    297 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotati on Left wi th Carry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 300

    298 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotati on Left wi th Carry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCL and DRCLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 bit (carry flag M802 2) are rotate d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 301

    299 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – S FTR / Bit Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 302

    300 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – S FTR / Bit Shift Right Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. 16-bit operation (SFTR and SFTRP) For "n1 " bits (shi ft regi ster len gth) st ar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 303

    301 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 304

    302 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left Cau ti on Note that "n2" bits ar e shi fted eve ry time the co mmand i nput tur ns ON f rom OFF in SFTLP inst ruction, but t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 305

    303 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bi t Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 306

    304 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right Out li ne This i nstruc tion sh ifts w ord dev ices wi th "n1" data length rightwar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 307

    305 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 308

    306 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shi ft Left 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shift Left Out li ne This in struct ion shift s the word dat a infor mation leftwar d by the speci fied nu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 309

    307 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shi ft Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 310

    308 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Contr ol] Out li ne This in stru ctio n writes dat a for fir st- in firs ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 311

    309 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 H ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 312

    310 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Writ e [FIFO/FILO Control] Program example 1. Example of first-in first-out contr ol → For a pro gram ex ample of FILO, ref er to Secti on 27.3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 313

    311 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 314

    312 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 11 Rotati on and Shift Operatio n – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 1) When the comma nd input tu rns ON, t he contents of +1 are transfer red (rea d) to . 2) Accompan ied by t his tr ansfe r, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 315

    313 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 316

    314 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset Out li ne This in struct ion reset s devices l ocate d in a zone betwee n two spec ified dev ices at one time. Use this ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 317

    315 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 Ext ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 318

    316 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.1 F NC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 2. When specifying high speed counters (C235 to C255) ZRST inst ruct ion is handl ed as th e 16-bit t ype, but 32- bit count ers can be specified in and . ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 319

    317 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 320

    318 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 2) Whe n is a wor d devic e (1 ≤ n ≤ 4) The numeric value (e xpressed in 2 n on the l ow-order side) of is decoded to . -When all bits of are "0" ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 321

    319 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 322

    320 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode Out li ne This in struct ion obt ains posi tions in which bits are ON in data. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Applicabl e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 323

    321 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 324

    322 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Active Bits Out li ne This in struct ion coun ts the number of "1" (ON) bit s in the data of a speci fied de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 325

    323 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 326

    324 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Acti ve Bits Cau ti on While th e command input is OFF, the inst ructi on is not exec uted. The output of the number of bits in the ON status is la tched in the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 327

    325 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Che ck Specified Bit Status 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 328

    326 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Che ck Specified Bit Status 2. 32-bit operation (DBON and DBONP) The stat us (ON or OFF) of the bit "n" in [ +1, ] is output to . [When the bit "n" ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 329

    327 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 330

    328 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean Cau ti on • When a device number is exceeded , "n" is handle d as a smaller value in the possible range. • Note that the 32-bi t value [n+1 , n] is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 331

    329 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annu nciator Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 332

    330 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annu nciator Set Program example 1. Displa ying a fault number us ing an annunciator When the progr am for ex terna l faul t diagno sis s hown below is crea ted ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 333

    331 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.8 FNC 47 – ANR / Annunc iator Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 334

    332 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.9 FNC 48 – SQ R / Square Roo t 12.9 FNC 48 – SQR / Square Root Out li ne This instru ctio n obtai ns the squ are roo t. The ESQR (FNC127 ) instruction obt ains the square root in flo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 335

    333 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 4 9 – FLT / Conver sion to Floatin g Point 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 336

    334 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 12 Data Operat ion – FNC 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 4 9 – FLT / Conver sion to Floatin g Point Program example 1. Arithmetic operations by binary floating point operations The sequen ce progr am shown below i s constru cted as fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 337

    335 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 338

    336 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Out li ne This in struc tion immed iately outputs th e l ate st inpu t (X) inf ormati on or th e current output (Y) opera ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 339

    337 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 340

    338 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Cautions 1. Setting the number of refr eshed points "n" Set a mult iple of 8 suc h as "K8 (H8), K16 (H10) … K2 56 (H100)". Any ot ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 341

    339 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 342

    340 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 13.2 FNC 51 – REFF / Refresh and Filter Adjust Out li ne The digi tal inpu t filt er time of the i nputs X00 0 to X017 *1 can be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 343

    341 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 344

    342 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.2 FN C 51 – REFF / Ref resh and Filter Adjust 13.2.1 What should be under stood bef ore using REFF instruc tion General ly, a C-R fil ter of app roxi mately 10 ms is pr ovided ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 345

    343 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 346

    344 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix The fi gure bel ow shows an exampl e of th e FX 3U series main u nit (s ink i nput /sink ou tput ). Fo r writ ing de tails , ref er to the foll o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 347

    345 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 348

    346 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Ma trix 13.3.1 Operation a nd cautions f or MTR instr uction 1. Command input 1) Setting the co mmand input t o normally ON For the MTR ins tructi on, se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 349

    347 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 350

    348 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set Operation When the current value of the high s peed count er C 255 changes from "99" to "1 00" or from "101& ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 351

    349 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 352

    350 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 13.4.1 Common cautions on usi ng instruct ions for high speed counter DHSCS (FNC 53 ), DHSCR (FNC 5 4), DHSZ (FNC 55) and DHSCT (FNC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 353

    351 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 354

    352 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh Speed Coun ter Set 6. Priority order in operations among HSCS (FNC 53), HSCR (FNC 54), and HSZ (FNC 55) instructions for t he same high speed counter 1) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 355

    353 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 356

    354 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset Related inst ructions The fo l low ing ins tructi ons can be c ombine d with high speed c ounter s: Cautions 1. Selection of the cou ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 357

    355 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hig h Speed Counter Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 358

    356 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High Speed Counter Zone Co mpare Out li ne This i nstruc tion co mpares the cur rent va lue o f a hig ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 359

    357 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 360

    358 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e Cautions 1. Selection of the count comparison method 1) FX 3U /FX 3U C PLC When the HSZ inst ructi on is used in FX 3U /FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 361

    359 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 362

    360 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6.1 Program in which comparison result is set to ON when power is turned ON [ZCP (FNC 11) instruct ion] DHSZ ins tructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 363

    361 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 364

    362 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 13.6.2 Table high speed comparison mode (M8130) This sec tion expl ains the t able high sp eed compar ison mode (h igh spee ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 365

    363 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 366

    364 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e Comparis on table 1) When this in structi on is execu ted, the t op table in the data tab le is set a s the c ompari son ta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 367

    365 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 368

    366 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e FNC 55 DHSZ M8132 PLS M10 S  S 1  S 2  Y000 FNC 57 DPLSY D8132 K0 Frequency Pulse quantity (K0 specifies continuou ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 369

    367 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.6 FN C 55 – HSZ / High Sp eed Counte r Zone Compar e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 370

    368 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection Out li ne This in stru ction coun ts the inpu t pulse for a speci fied peri od of t ime as inter rupt in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 371

    369 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 372

    370 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 2. 32-bit operation (DSPD) The inp ut pulse is co unted only for [ +1, ] x 1 ms . The meas ured v alue is stored in [ +1, ], the pr esent va l ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 373

    371 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Det ection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 374

    372 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output Out li ne This inst ructio n gene rates a pul se sign al. → For t he frequenc y contro l mode, re fer t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 375

    373 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 376

    374 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 2. Monitoring the current numbe r of generated puls es The numb er of pulse s output fr om Y000 or Y00 1 is stored in the follow i ng spec ial ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 377

    375 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 378

    376 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 6. Other s 1) Types of pul se output, positi oning and oth er relev ant instr uction s and their target out put numbers *1. Y002 (pu lse ou tpu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 379

    377 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 380

    378 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation Cautions 1. Setting the pulse width and period Make su re that the pulse widt h and period satisfy the r elatio nship " ≤ " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 381

    379 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.9 F NC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 382

    380 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/Decelerati on Setup Out li ne This pul se outp ut instr uction ha s the acce lera tion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 383

    381 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 384

    382 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup Related de vices 1. Instructio n executio n complete f lag → For the inst ruction executi on complete f lag use method, r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 385

    383 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 386

    384 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 13 High Speed Process ing – FNC 50 to F NC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceler ation/Decel eration Setup 5. Other s 1) Types of pul se output, positi oning and oth er relev ant instr uction s and their target out put numbers *1. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 387

    385 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 388

    386 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / I nitial State Out li ne This instruction automatically controls the initial stat e and special auxiliary relays in a ste p la ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 389

    387 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 390

    388 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 14.1.1 IST instruction equivalen t circuit The de tails of s pecial au xiliary r elays (M) and ini tial state relays (S0 to S9 ) which are auto mati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 391

    389 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 392

    390 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 3. Assignment of mode se lection inputs For u sing IST i nstruc tion, it i s nece ssary to assig n inputs h aving consecuti ve dev ice number s as s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 393

    391 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 394

    392 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 5. Program e xample 1) Circuit diagr am In the sequen ce circui t shown below, all ar eas excep t shaded are as are stand ard. Progra m the shaded a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 395

    393 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 396

    394 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State d) Automat ic mode (steppi ng operat ion mode, cyc le operat ion mode or con tinuous op eration mode) Y000 Moving down K 10 Clamping Moving up SET Y ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 397

    395 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Init ial State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 398

    396 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 14.2 FNC 61 – SER / Search a Data Stack Out li ne This instru ction s earch es for the same d ata, max imum val ue and minimu m value in a d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 399

    397 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 400

    398 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SE R / Search a Data Stack 2) Operation exa mple a) Example of search res ult table co nfig uration and data b) Search r esult ta ble Cautions • Comparison of val ues ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 401

    399 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 402

    400 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 1) Write the fol lowing data t o to +2n-1 i n ad vance by a t ransfer instr uction : For exampl e, stor e the 1 6-bit ri sing poi nt dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 403

    401 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolut e Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 404

    402 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Se quencer 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Sequen cer Out li ne This in stru ction cre ates many out put patte rns usi ng a pair of co un ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 405

    403 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Se quencer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 406

    404 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teac hing Timer 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teaching Timer Out li ne This instruc tion m easur es the pe riod of time in which TT MR ins tructi on is ON . Use this ins ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 407

    405 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teac hing Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 408

    406 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer Out li ne This in struct ion can ea sily make off -delay ti mers, one- shot ti mers and flic ker timer s. 1. In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 409

    407 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 410

    408 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate St ate 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / A lternate State Out li ne This in stru ction alter nates a bit devic e (from ON to OFF or from OFF to ON) when the inpu t t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 411

    409 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate St ate 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 412

    410 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Varia ble Value 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Variable Value Out li ne This in structi on obt ains the dat a which change s betwee n the start value (in itial ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 413

    411 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Varia ble Value 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 414

    412 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rotary Table Control Out li ne This i nstru ction i s suitabl e for eff icient contr ol of th e rotar y table f or p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 415

    413 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 416

    414 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rot ary Table Co ntrol Operation conditi ons The con dition s require d to use th is instr uction are as shown in the exam ple below. 1) Rotatio n detecti on sign ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 417

    415 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 418

    416 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data • The data table conf igurat ion is expl ained in an example in whi ch the sort ing sou rce data ta ble has 3 lines an d 4 columns (m1 = K ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 419

    417 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 14 Handy In struct ion – FNC 60 to FNC 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Ta bulated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 420

    418 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15. External FX I/O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 FNC 70 to FNC 79 provide i nstruct ions to r eceive dat a from and send data to exte rnal de vices mai nly usin g inputs an d output ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 421

    419 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 422

    420 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 2) Key press ing i nfor matio n [ to +10] - For the ke y press ing infor mation, to +9 turn ON or OFF accord ing to the pr essed keys. - For the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 423

    421 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 424

    422 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Inpu t 3. Timing char t 1) When the ten keys are pr essed in the or der "[1] → [2] → [3] → [4]" shown i n the figur e, "2130 " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 425

    423 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 426

    424 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 1) Input of a nume ric valu e throu gh keys 0 to 9: - When an input value is lar ger than "9999 ", it overf lows fr om the most s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 427

    425 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 428

    426 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexad ecimal Inpu t Program example The figu re belo w shows an exa mple of the FX 3U series main unit (sink input /sink out put). For w iring detail s, refe r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 429

    427 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 430

    428 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 2) Specificat ion of the number of sets ("n") - When using one set of 4 digits [n = k1] A 4-digi t BCD digital swit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 431

    429 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumbwheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 432

    430 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Dec oder 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Decode r Out li ne This in stru ction deco des data , and turn s the seven -segmen t displa y unit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 433

    431 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Dec oder 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 434

    432 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment With Latc h Out li ne This in struct ion contr ols one or two sets of 4-digit seve n-segme nt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 435

    433 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 436

    434 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch Related de vices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer to Subse ction 6.5.2. Cautions 1. Time t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 437

    435 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 438

    436 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seve n Segment With La tch 3. Confirming the logic o f the seven-s egment displa y unit 1) D ata i nput 2) Strobe s ignal 4. Setting the parameter "n&quo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 439

    437 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 440

    438 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Content s of the displ ay and oper ation part 1) Specifying the number of digits of the seven -segment di splay uni t having the BCD decode r n I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 441

    439 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 442

    440 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Program M8000 T0 D300 T1 D301 T99 D399 Practical timer circuit X000 M0 Decrem ent X001 M1 Incr ement X002 M2 Higher digi t RUN monitor M3 Lower d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 443

    441 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – AS C / ASCII Code Data Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 444

    442 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – AS C / ASCII Code Data Input Extension function When M8 161 is se t to ON for mak ing th e exten sion functi on vali d, a h alf-wi dth alph anumeri c chara cter stri ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 445

    443 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 446

    444 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) Extension function 1. 16-byte serial output Dependi ng on the ON/O FF status of the speci al auxi liary rel ay M8027, the number of characte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 447

    445 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Pri nt (ASCII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 448

    446 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Special Fun ction Block Out li ne This in stru ction rea ds the conte nts of bu ffer m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 449

    447 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Hand ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 450

    448 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block Program examples In prog rams, the con tents of buffe r memorie s (BFMs) in speci al exte nsion units/ block s are read ( ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 451

    449 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Hand ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 452

    450 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Funct ion Block Acceptance of i nterrupt s while FROM/TO instruct ion is exec uted (M8028) 1. While M8 028 is OFF While a FROM/T O instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 453

    451 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 F NC 79 – TO / Writ e To A Special Functi on Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 454

    452 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 15 External FX I/ O Device – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 F NC 79 – TO / Writ e To A Special Functi on Block 2. 32-bit operation (DTO and DTOP) PLC (wor d dev ice) → Sp ecial extensi on un it/blo ck (B FM) "n"-poin t 32 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 455

    453 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 456

    454 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 F NC 80 – RS / Serial C ommun ication 16.1 FNC 80 – RS / S erial Communication Out li ne This i nstruct ion sends and rec eive s data in n o-pro tocol co mmunica tion by wa y o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 457

    455 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 F NC 80 – RS / Serial C ommun ication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 458

    456 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FN C 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Oct al Mode) 16.2 FNC 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Octal Mode ) Out li ne This in stru ction han dles the de vice nu mber of with di git spec ifica ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 459

    457 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FN C 81 – PRUN / Parallel Run (Oct al Mode) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 460

    458 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Con version Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts hexadecim al code in to ASCII code ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 461

    459 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instru ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 462

    460 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – A SCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 3. 8-bit con version mode ( while M81 61 is ON) (M8161 is used a lso for the RS , H EX, CCD and CRC instructions.) Each dig it of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 463

    461 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 464

    462 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 2. 16-bit conversion mode (while M8161 is OFF) (M8161 is used a lso for the RS , A SCI, CCD, and CRC instructions.) Each ASCI I cod ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 465

    463 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 466

    464 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / C heck Code Out li ne This i nstruc tion c alculates the horizont al par ity va lue and sum ch eck va lue in the er ror chec k met ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 467

    465 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 468

    466 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 3. 8-bit con version mode ( while M81 61 is ON) (M8161 is used also f or the RS, A SCI, HEX and CRC instruc tions.) With reg ard to "n" data s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 469

    467 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 470

    468 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 2. Example in which t he analog va lues of the variable analog pot entiometers N os. 0 to 7 are read in turn, and used as analog timers K0 to K7 are spe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 471

    469 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / V olume Scale 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 472

    470 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / V olume Scale Program example 1. Example i n which the scale v alue is use d as a rotar y switch Either one among auxil iary re lays M0 to M10 tu rns ON in accor da ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 473

    471 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 474

    472 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 Related de vices → For deta iled explanat ion, r efer to th e Da ta C ommunicatio n Edi tion. *1. Ch2 is not av aila ble in 14-p oint ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 475

    473 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – R S2 / Se rial Com muni cat ion 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 476

    474 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / P ID Control Loop Out li ne This in struct ion execut es PID contr ol which cha nges the output val ue accordi ng to th e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 477

    475 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 478

    476 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op *1. +20 to +24 are oc cupied w hen any bit 1, 2 or 5 is set to "1" in +1 for operation set ting (ACT). +20 *1 Input variation (i ncrem ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 479

    477 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 16 External FX Dev ice – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FN C 88 – PID / PID Control Lo op 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 480

    478 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17. Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FNC109 FNC100 to FNC1 09 prov ide an instr uction fo r execu ting compl icated processi ng for fund amental app lied ins truction s and fo r executi ng ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 481

    479 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 482

    480 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 4) The figur e below show s the data st ructur e batch- stored in and later. Related inst ruction Cautions • When not using the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 483

    481 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Co ntrollers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.1 FNC 102 – ZPUSH/ Batch Store of Index Registe r 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 484

    482 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 17 Data Tr ansf er 2 – FNC1 00 to FN C109 17.2 FNC 103 – ZPO P/Bat ch POP o f I ndex Regi ster 17.2 FNC103 – ZPOP /Batch POP of Index Regis ter Out li ne This i nstruct ion res tores th e cont ents of t he index regi sters ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 485

    483 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 486

    484 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 129 INT Floating Point to I nteger Conversio n Section 18.17 130 SIN Floating Point Sin e Section 18.18 131 COS Fl oating P oint Cos ine Sec tion 18.19 132 TAN Floating Point Tange nt Se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 487

    485 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.1 FNC11 0 – ECMP / Floati ng Point Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 488

    486 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poi nt Zone Compare 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Point Zone Compa re Out li ne This i nstruc tion comp ares data (bi nary fl oating point ) with two va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 489

    487 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poi nt Zone Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 490

    488 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move Out li ne This inst ructio n trans fers bina ry fl oating point data. → Fo r handling of float ing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 491

    489 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 492

    490 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 2. In the ca se of decimal po int forma t • The total n umber of dig its whic h can be s pecified by +1 is as fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 493

    491 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 494

    492 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion • The number of digits of the decimal part which can be specif ied by +2 is from 0 to 7. However, the follow ing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 495

    493 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 496

    494 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Point to Characte r String Conv ersion Program examples 1) In the pro gram examp le shown bel ow, the co ntents ( binary f loatin g point data) of R0 and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 497

    495 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 498

    496 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion a) In the cas e of decimal poi nt format b) In the cas e of exponent format • When a character st ring to be c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 499

    497 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 500

    498 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion Related de vices → For the use method s of the zer o, borrow and carry fl ags, r efer to S ubsection 6.5.2. Rel ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 501

    499 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.5 FNC1 17 – EVAL / Char acter String to Float ing Point Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 502

    500 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Poin t to Scientific Notation Conversion 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Point to Scientific Notation Conversion Out li ne This inst ruct ion conv erts bi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 503

    501 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.7 FN C11 9 – EBI N / Sc ien tifi c No tatio n to Floa ting Poin t Co nve rsio n 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 504

    502 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.7 FN C11 9 – EBI N / Sc ien tifi c No tatio n to Floa ting Poin t Co nve rsio n Program example By DE BIN inst ructi on, a numeric value conta ining the d ecimal p oint can be dire ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 505

    503 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.8 F NC120 – EADD / Floating P oint Addi tion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 506

    504 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Point Subtraction 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Point Subtraction Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes su btrac tion of t wo binary fl oati ng point d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 507

    505 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.10 FNC 122 – EMUL / Floating Point Mult iplication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 508

    506 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point D ivision 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point Division Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes divi sion of two binar y floati ng poi nt. → Fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 509

    507 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Floating Point Exponen t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 510

    508 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Floating Point Exponen t Program example In the progr am example s hown below, the e xponenti al opera tion is execut ed fo r a value set i n the 2-d igit BCD form ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 511

    509 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natural Logarith m 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 512

    510 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natural Logarith m Program example In the program ex ample s hown below, natural logari thm of "10 " set i n D50 is c alculat ed, and s t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 513

    511 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floa ting Point Common Logar ithm 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Inst ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 514

    512 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floa ting Point Common Logar ithm Program example In the p rogram examp le sho wn below , common log arithm of "15" set in D50 is cal culated, and stor ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 515

    513 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.15 FNC1 27 – ESQR / Floa ting Point Squar e Root 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 516

    514 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18. 16 F NC12 8 – ENEG / F loat ing Po int Ne gati on 18.16 FNC128 – ENEG / Floating Point Negation Out li ne This in stru ction inv erts the sign of bina ry float ing point (real nu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 517

    515 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Point to In teger Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 518

    516 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Point to In teger Conversion Related de vices → For t he methods of zer o, borr ow and carry fl ags, r efer to Subsection 6.5.2. Cau ti on 1. Caution in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 519

    517 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.18 FN C130 – SIN / Floating Point Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 520

    518 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.19 FN C131 – COS / Flo ating Point Cosine 18.19 FNC131 – COS / Floating Point Cosine Out li ne This in stru ction obt ains the cos ine value of an angl e (in radi ans). → Fo r h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 521

    519 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.20 FNC13 2 – TAN / Floa ting Point Tangen t 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 522

    520 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.21 FN C133 – ASIN / Floatin g Point Arc Sine 18.21 FNC133 – ASIN / Floating Point Arc Sine Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the SIN − 1 (arc sine ) opera tion . → Fo r h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 523

    521 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.21 FN C133 – ASIN / Floatin g Point Arc Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 524

    522 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.22 FNC 134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cos ine 18.22 FNC134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cosine Out li ne This in struct ion execut es the COS − 1 ( arc cosi ne) op eratio n. → ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 525

    523 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.22 FNC 134 – ACOS / Floating Point Arc Cos ine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 526

    524 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.23 F NC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tan gent 18.23 FNC135 – ATAN / Floating Point Arc Tangen t Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes the TAN − 1 (ar c tangen t) operat ion. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 527

    525 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.23 F NC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tan gent 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 528

    526 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.24 FNC 136 – RAD / Floating Point D egrees to Rad ians Conve rsion 18.24 FNC136 – RAD / Floating Point Degrees to R adians Conversion Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts a val ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 529

    527 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.24 FNC 136 – RAD / Floating Point D egrees to Rad ians Conve rsion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 530

    528 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 18 Floati ng Poin t – FNC1 10 to FNC 139 18.25 FNC 137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to Deg rees Conve rsion 18.25 FNC137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to D egrees Conversion Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts a val u ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 531

    529 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 532

    530 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction cal culates the sum of co nsecuti ve 16-bit or 32-bi t data. When calcu lat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 533

    531 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 534

    532 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – W TOB / WO RD to BYTE 19.2 FNC141 – WTOB / WORD to BYTE Out li ne This in stru ction sepa rates consecu tive 16- bit data i n byte unit s (8 bit s). 1. Instruct ion f ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 535

    533 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – W TOB / WO RD to BYTE 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 536

    534 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD Out li ne This in stru ction combi nes th e low-orde r 8 bits (low-or der byte) of consec utive 16- bit data . 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 537

    535 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 538

    536 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC 143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of W ord Data 19.4 FNC143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction combi nes th e low-o rder 4 bits of conse cutive 16 -bi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 539

    537 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC 143 – UNI / 4-bit Linking of W ord Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 540

    538 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC 144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data 19.5 FNC144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data Out li ne This in stru ction sepa rates 16-bit dat a into 4 bi t units. 1. Instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 541

    539 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC 144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 542

    540 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap Out li ne This in stru ction swaps the hig h-order 8 bits and low- order 8 bi ts of a word dev ice. 1. Instruct ion fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 543

    541 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 544

    542 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 The dat a table c onfigur ation i s exp lained in an examp le in whi ch the s orting sourc e data table h as 3 li nes and 4 columns (m1 = ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 545

    543 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 546

    544 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 19 Dat a Operat ion 2 – F NC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sort Tabulated Da ta 2 Related de vices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer to Subse ction 6.5.2. Related inst ruction Cau ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 547

    545 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 548

    546 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.1 FNC150 – DSZ R / Dog Search Zero Return 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / Dog Search Zero Return Out li ne This i nstruct ion execu tes a zero retur n, and align s the mec hanical posit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 549

    547 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.1 FNC150 – DSZ R / Dog Search Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 550

    548 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.2 FNC151 – D VIT / Interrup t Positioning 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Interrupt Positioning Out li ne This inst ructio n exec utes on e-spee d in terrupt consta nt q uantity fee d. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 551

    549 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.2 FNC151 – D VIT / Interrup t Positioning 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 552

    550 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.3 FNC152 – TB L / Batch Data Po sitioning Mode 20.3 FNC152 – TBL / Batch Data Positioning Mod e Out li ne This in stru ction exec utes one spec ified t able ope ration from t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 553

    551 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.4 FNC155 – ABS / Absolute C urrent V alue Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instru ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 554

    552 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return Out li ne This i nstruct ion execu tes a zero retur n, and align s the mec hanical position wi th a pres ent valu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 555

    553 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70- FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 556

    554 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.6 FNC15 7 – PLSV / Variab le Speed Pulse O utput 20.6 FNC157 – PLSV / Variable Speed Pulse Output Out li ne This in struct ion out puts vari able speed pulses wit h an assign ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 557

    555 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.6 FNC15 7 – PLSV / Variab le Speed Pulse O utput 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Inst ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 558

    556 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Incr ement 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Increment Out li ne This in structio n execut es one-s peed posit ioning by i ncrementa l drive. The movem ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 559

    557 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Incr ement 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 560

    558 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Ab solute 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Absolute Out li ne This i nstruc tion exe cutes one-speed posi tionin g by ab solute d rive. The mov ement ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 561

    559 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 20 Po sitio ning Cont rol – FNC150 to FNC15 9 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Ab solute 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40- FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 562

    560 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21. Real Time Clock Control – FNC 160 to FNC169 FNC160 to FNC1 69 provide operatio n and compar ison instr uctions for the time dat a. These instruc tions can set the time of the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 563

    561 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 564

    562 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare Explanation of funct ion and operat ion 1. 16-bit operation (TCMP) The compar ison time (h our, min ute, a nd seco nd) stor ed in , , and is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 565

    563 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 566

    564 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied res pective ly by , , , and . Make sure that these device s are n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 567

    565 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additio n 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 568

    566 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additio n Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied by , and resp ectivel y. Make sure that these device s are not used ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 569

    567 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.4 FN C163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtra ction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 570

    568 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.4 FN C163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtra ction Cautions 1) Number of occu pied devic es Three devi ces are occup ied by , and resp ectivel y. Make sure that these device s are not u ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 571

    569 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.5 FNC 164 – HTO S / Hour to Seco nd Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 572

    570 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.5 FNC 164 – HTO S / Hour to Seco nd Conve rsion 2. 32-bit operation (DHTOS and DHTOSP) The time dat a (hour, mi nute, and sec ond) st ored in , +1, and +2 is conver ted into d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 573

    571 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.6 FNC 165 – STOH / Second to Ho ur Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Oth ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 574

    572 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.6 FNC 165 – STOH / Second to Ho ur Conversi on 2. 32-bit operation (DSTOH and DSTOHP) The ti me data in units of "second" st ored in +1 and is conver ted int o data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 575

    573 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.7 FNC166 – TRD / Read RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 576

    574 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data Out li ne This in stru ction writ es the cl ock data to t he real ti me clock bui lt in a PLC. 1. Instruct ion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 577

    575 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 578

    576 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.9 FN C169 – HOU R / Hour Mete r 21.9 FNC169 – HOUR / Hour Meter Out li ne This in struct ion measu res the ON ti me of the input contact i n units of hour. 1. Instruct ion f ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 579

    577 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 21.9 FN C169 – HOU R / Hour Mete r 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 580

    578 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22. External Device – FNC170 to FNC179 FNC170 to FNC179 p rovide c onver sion in structi ons for gray cod es used in absol ute ty pe rotar y encod ers and instr uction s dedica ted to a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 581

    579 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.1 FNC170 – GRY / Deci mal to Gray Code Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 582

    580 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.2 FN C171 – GBI N / Gray Code t o Decimal Co nversion 22.2 FNC171 – GBIN / Gray Code to Decimal Co nversion Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts a gray code into a binar y value, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 583

    581 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.3 FNC1 76 – RD3A / Re ad form Dedica ted Analog Blo ck 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 584

    582 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 22 Exter nal D evice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.4 FNC177 – W R3A / Writ e to Dedicated An alog Block 22.4 FNC177 – WR3A / Write to Dedicated Analog Block Out li ne This in stru ction wri tes a digita l valu e to the anal og bloc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 585

    583 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 23 Introdu ction of Alternat e Instruc tio ns – FNC180 23.1 In struction correspond ence table 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 586

    584 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 23 Introdu ction of Alternat e Instruc tio ns – FNC180 23.1 In struction correspond ence table MEMO ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 587

    585 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-F NC20 9 Char ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 588

    586 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data Out li ne This i nstruct ion rea ds th e comment data for reg istere d devi ces writ ten to the P ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 589

    587 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 590

    588 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generation 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generatio n Out li ne This instru ction generat es ran dom numb ers. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Appl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 591

    589 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.3 FNC186 – D UTY / Timing Pu lse Generation 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 592

    590 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.3 FNC186 – D UTY / Timing Pu lse Generation 4) When the comman d input is set to ON, the operat ion is start ed. The timing clock outpu t destinat ion devi ce is set to O N or OFF by END i n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 593

    591 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 594

    592 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 16-b it convers ion mode (wh ile M8161 is OFF ) In th is mod e, the operat ion is execu ted for hig h-ord er 8 bits ( 1 byt e) and low-or der 8 bi ts ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 595

    593 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 596

    594 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundancy Check Program example In the program e xample sh own bel ow, the C RC value of the ASCI I cod e “0123456 ” store d in D 100 to D106 is generat ed and s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 597

    595 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 598

    596 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 2. High speed counter current value update timing and the effect of DHCMOV instruction 1) High speed cou nter cu rrent val ue updat e timing When ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 599

    597 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 600

    598 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 24 Other s – FNC18 1 to FNC 189 24.5 FNC1 89 – HCMOV / High Speed Coun ter Move Program examples 1. Program e xample 1 In the pr ogram exampl e below, the curre nt value of the high spee d counte r C235 is compa red in ea ch ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 601

    599 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 602

    600 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition Out li ne This inst ruct ion adds binary b lock da ta. 1. Instruct ion format 2. Se t data 3. Appl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 603

    601 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 604

    602 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d in D80 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 605

    603 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 606

    604 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 2. 32-bit operation (DBK- and DBK-P) 1) "2n" 32-bit bina ry data starti ng from [ +1, ] ar e su btr acted f rom "2 n&q ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 607

    605 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.2 NFC193 – BK – / Block Data Su btraction 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 608

    606 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <= , >= / Block Data Compar e Out li ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 609

    607 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 610

    608 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 2. 32-bit operation (DBKCMP =, >, <, <>, <= , >= / DBKCMP=P, >P, <P, & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 611

    609 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 612

    610 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 25 Block Data Opera tion – FNC190 to FNC19 9 25.3 FN C194~199 – BK CMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data C ompare Program example 1) In the pr ogram shown below, four 16- bit binar y dat a start ing from D100 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 613

    611 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 614

    612 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Con version Out li ne This inst ructio n conv erts binary dat a in to c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 615

    613 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 616

    614 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion - When th e number of all digits stored in exclud ing the s ign and deci mal point is larger than th e number of digi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 617

    615 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 618

    616 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.1 FN C200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conve rsion • When the devices and later st oring a cha racter st ring exc eeds the corres ponding dev ice range (erro r code: ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 619

    617 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 620

    618 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion For exampl e, when a chara cter string "-123.45" is speci fied i n and late r, the conver sion re sult i s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 621

    619 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 622

    620 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 5) [ +1, ] stor es 16-b it data (b in) conve r ted f rom a charact er stri ng with the decimal po int ign ored. For t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 623

    621 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC2 01 – VAL / Ch aracter String to BIN Convers ion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 624

    622 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC 202 – $+ / Link Ch aracter Strin gs 26.3 FNC202 – $+ / Link Character Strings Out li ne This in stru ction li nks a char acter st rin g to anoth er charact er st ri ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 625

    623 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC 202 – $+ / Link Ch aracter Strin gs 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Other ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 626

    624 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC 203 – LEN / Charac ter String Le ngth Detecti on 26.4 FNC203 – LEN / Character String Length De tection Out li ne This in stru ction det ects the numb er of cha rac ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 627

    625 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC 203 – LEN / Charac ter String Le ngth Detecti on 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 628

    626 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Characte r String Dat a from the Right 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Character St ring Data from the Right Out li ne This in stru ction e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 629

    627 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Characte r String Dat a from the Right 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 630

    628 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Strin g Data from the Left 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Stri ng Data from the Left Out li ne This in stru ction ext ra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 631

    629 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character Strin g Data from the Left 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 632

    630 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Selection of Char acter Strings Out li ne This in stru ction ext racts a spe cified ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 633

    631 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 634

    632 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Sele ction of Character Str ings Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e err ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 635

    633 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 636

    634 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings • The character string stored in and later or an d late r indicat es dat a stored in device s from th e spec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 637

    635 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Ra ndom R eplacement of Ch aracter St rings 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 638

    636 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC 208 – INSTR / Character str ing search 26.9 FNC208 – INSTR / Character string search Out li ne This in stru ction sear ches a sp ecifie d characte r stri ng withi n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 639

    637 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC 208 – INSTR / Character str ing search 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Ot ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 640

    638 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC 209 – $MOV / Character Strin g Transfer 26.10 FNC209 – $MOV / Character String Transfe r Out li ne This in stru ction tr ansfe rs char acter st ring da ta. → For ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 641

    639 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 26 Char acter S tring Control – FN C200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC 209 – $MOV / Character Strin g Transfer 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 642

    640 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27. Data Op eration 3 – FNC210 to FNC 219 FNC210 to FNC219 prov ide inst ructio ns for rea ding la st-in data and cont rolli ng leftw ard/ri ghtward sh ift ins tructi ons with c arry ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 643

    641 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FN C210 – FDEL / Deleting Data from Tables 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 644

    642 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FN C210 – FDEL / Deleting Data from Tables Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 645

    643 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 646

    644 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ases; The erro r fl ag M8067 tu rns ON, and th e error code i s store d in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 647

    645 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 648

    646 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] • Subtract “1 ” from the val ue of the poi nter da ta . Related de vice → Fo r th e zero f lag use meth od, r efer t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 649

    647 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC21 2 – POP / Shift Last Data Read [FIL O Control] 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 650

    648 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right wi th Carry 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right with Carry Out li ne This in struct ion shift s 16 bits st ored in a wor d device ri ghtward by ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 651

    649 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right wi th Carry 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 652

    650 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SF L / Bit Shift Left with Ca rry 27.5 FNC214 – SFL / Bit Shift Left with Carry Out li ne This in struct ion shift s 16 bits st ored in a wor d device le ftward by ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 653

    651 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 27 Dat a Operat ion 3 – F NC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SF L / Bit Shift Left with Ca rry 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 654

    652 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28. Data Comparison – FNC220 to FNC249 FNC220 to FN C249 pro vide data compariso n inst ructio ns which can be handl ed as contac t symbo ls in pro gramming such a s LD, AND a nd OR. FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 655

    653 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC199 Block Data Operation 26 FN C20 0-F NC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 656

    654 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, > , <, <>, <=, > = / Data Comp arison 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, >, <, <>, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These ins tructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 657

    655 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, > , <, <>, <=, > = / Data Comp arison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 658

    656 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232 ~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Dat a Comparison 28.2 FNC232~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 659

    657 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232 ~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Dat a Comparison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 660

    658 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FN C240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison 28.3 FNC240~246 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Out li ne These instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 661

    659 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 28 Dat a Compar ison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FN C240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Compa rison 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 662

    660 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29. Data Table O peration – FNC250 to FNC269 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 250 − − 251 − − 252 − − 253 − − 254 − − 255 − − 256 LIMI T L ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 663

    661 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 664

    662 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control • When controlli ng the outpu t valu e using only the lower l imit value, set “32767” to the up per limi t value spec ified in . 2. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 665

    663 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.1 FNC 256 – LIMIT / Lim it Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 666

    664 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Control Out li ne This in struct ion provi des th e upper limit value and lower limi t value of the d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 667

    665 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 668

    666 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.2 FNC2 57 – BAND / De ad Band Contro l Program examples 1. Program e xample 1 In th e prog ram exampl e sho wn below, the BCD data set in X020 to X 037 is control led by t h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 669

    667 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 670

    668 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 2. 32-bit operation (DZONE and DZONEP) The bia s valu e specif ied by [ +1, ] or [ +1, ] is added to t he input valu e specif ied by [ +1, ] ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 671

    669 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.3 FNC2 58 – ZONE / Zo ne Control 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 672

    670 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordinate by Po int Data) Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes scal ing of the i npu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 673

    671 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 674

    672 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) Setti ng the conv ersion setting data table for scaling Err or s An ope ration error i s caus ed in th e fol lowing c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 675

    673 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.4 FNC259 – SC L / Scaling (Coor dinate by Poin t Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 676

    674 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decimal ASCII to BIN Con version Out li ne This in stru ction conv erts numer ic dat a expressed ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 677

    675 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 678

    676 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Dec imal ASCII to BIN Conver sion Program example In the p rogram bel ow, the si gn and decimal ASC II codes i n five d igits s tored in D20 to D22 ar e c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 679

    677 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 680

    678 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion b) "20H (spac e)" is stor ed for "0" on the lef t side of the ef fect ive digits (zero suppr ession) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 681

    679 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BI N to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 682

    680 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordinate by X/Y Data) Out li ne This in struct ion exec utes scal ing of the i npu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 683

    681 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 684

    682 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) Setti ng the conv ersion setting data table for scaling *1. When co ordinates are s pecifi ed using three p oints a s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 685

    683 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 29 Da ta Tabl e Oper ation – F NC25 0 to FNC2 69 29.7 FNC26 9 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 ( Coordinate by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 686

    684 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30. External Device Communication (Inverter Communication) – FNC270 to FNC274 FNC270 t o FNC27 4 prov ide in structi ons fo r con troll ing op ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 687

    685 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Ch eck 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Ins ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 688

    686 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Ch eck 2. Instruct ion code s of invert ers The ta ble below sh ows the inver ter ins truction co des, , ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 689

    687 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Invert er Drive 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 690

    688 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Invert er Drive 2. Instruct ion code s of invert ers The ta ble below sh ows the inver ter ins truction co des, , al ong ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 691

    689 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.3 FNC 272 – IVRD / Inve rter Parame ter Read 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 692

    690 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.3 FNC 272 – IVRD / Inve rter Parame ter Read 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 693

    691 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Pa rameter Write 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 694

    692 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Pa rameter Write 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r efer t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 695

    693 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.5 FNC274 – IVBWR / In verter Parameter Block Write 21 FNC160-FNC169 Real Time C lock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 696

    694 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 30 External Device C ommunic ation (I nverter Communic ation) – FN C270 to FNC274 30.5 FNC274 – IVBWR / In verter Parameter Block Write 2. Related d evices → Fo r the i nstr uction execut ion c omplete f lag use metho d, r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 697

    695 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 698

    696 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Out li ne This i nstruc tion re ads data from continu ous buf fer memor ies (BFM) in a spe cial f unction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 699

    697 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -A ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 700

    698 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Cautions • A watchdog timer er ror may occur when many numbe rs of point s are tran sferred in one operat ion cycl e. In such a case, tak e eit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 701

    699 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -A ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 702

    700 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.2 FN C279 – WB FM / Divided BFM W rite 31.2 FNC279 – WBFM / Divided BFM Write Out li ne This in structi on write s data to cont inuous buf fer memor ies (BFM) in a special functi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 703

    701 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 31 Data Tr ansf er 3 – FNC2 75 to FN C279 31.2 FN C279 – WB FM / Divided BFM W rite 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -C ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 704

    702 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32. High Speed Processing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 280 HSCT High Speed Counter Compare Wit h Data Table Section 32. 1 281 − − 282 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 705

    703 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 706

    704 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble Operati on output sett ing (SET [1] or RESET [0]) [Up to 16 poin ts] 1) When this in structi on is execu te ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 707

    705 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 708

    706 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble Cautions • This instructi on can be exe cuted only once in a progr am. If this instruc tion is progr amme ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 709

    707 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 32 High Speed Processi ng 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 32.1 FN C280 – HS CT / Hig h Speed Co unter Co mpare Wi th Data Ta ble 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 710

    708 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33. Extension File Register Control – FNC290 to FNC 299 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Fun ction Ref er en ce 290 LOADR Load From ER Section 33.1 291 SAVE R S ave to ER Secti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 711

    709 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 712

    710 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 2) In FX 3G PLCs a) When a memory cas sette is conn ected The co ntents (c urren t values) of exte nsion fi le regis ters (ER) sto ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 713

    711 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.1 FNC29 0 – LOADR / Lo ad From ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 714

    712 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 33.2 FNC291 – SAVE R / Save to ER Out li ne This in structio n writes th e curre nt values of ext ensi on regist ers (R) sto red in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 715

    713 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 716

    714 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 2. Initialization of exte nsion file registers Execute INIT ER (FNC295) or IN ITR (FNC2 92) ins tructi on to t arget extensi on fi le ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 717

    715 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 718

    716 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER Program examples 1) In the case of FX 3UC PLCs Ver . 1.30 or later and FX 3U PLCs V er. 2.20 or la ter In the example shown below, on ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 719

    717 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 720

    718 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 2) In the case of FX 3UC PLCs for mer th an Ver.1.3 0 In the pr ogram ex ample shown below, t he changed c ontent setti ngs of the ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 721

    719 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAV ER / Save to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 722

    720 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / Initialize R and ER Out li ne This i nstruct ion initi alize s (to “HFF FF” <K-1>) exten s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 723

    721 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 724

    722 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / I nitialize R and ER • Setting WDT ( FNC 07 ) i nstruct ion just b efore and after INIT R ins tructi on as shown b elow: If t he proce ssing t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 725

    723 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 726

    724 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER Logging da ta forma t The tabl e below sh ows the head devi ce numbe r in each sect or: Cautions 1. LOGR i nstruction LOGR instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 727

    725 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 728

    726 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.4 FNC 293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 5) To the PLC, wr ite the data whi ch was tempor arily withdrawn to GX Deve loper. [1] Select “O nline” → “Write to PLC. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 729

    727 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 730

    728 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 2) In FX 3G PLCs a) When a memory cas sette is conn ected The co ntents (c urrent va lues) of “n” extens ion re gister s (R) sta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 731

    729 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 732

    730 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 3. Allowable number of writes to the memory Note the follow ing cautio ns on acces s to exte nsion file regis ters. •I n F X 3U /F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 733

    731 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 734

    732 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER Operation R0 K100 R1 K105 R10 K200 R11 K215 R12 K400 R19 K350 R99 K1000 R100 HFFFF HFFFF R 2047 ER0 K100 ER1 K105 ER10 K200 ER11 K21 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 735

    733 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 736

    734 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER Operation • Extension fil e regist ers (ER ) [insi de the memory cas sett e] Cau ti on About 2 5 ms i s required to init ialize ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 737

    735 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 33 Exte nsion File Register Contr ol – FN C290 t o FNC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Ini tialize ER 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 738

    736 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. FX 3U -CF-ADP Applied Instructions – FNC300 to FNC305 FNC No. Mnemonic S ymbol Fun ction Ref er enc e 300 FLCRT File create / check Sectio n 34.1 301 FLDEL File d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 739

    737 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.1 FNC 300 – FLCRT / File create • check 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 740

    738 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.1 FNC 300 – FLCRT / File create • check 34.1.1 Detailed explanati on of setting data Deta ils of the set ting data in the FLC RT instruc tion a re as shown bel o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 741

    739 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.2 FNC 3 01 – F LDEL / File delete • CF card format 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Reg ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 742

    740 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.2 FNC 3 01 – F LDEL / File delete • CF card format 34.2.1 Detailed explanati on of setting data Deta ils of th e setting data in the FLD EL instru ction are as s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 743

    741 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 744

    742 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te The FLWR i nstruc tion writes data s pecif ied by the d evice to a file store d in the Compac tFla sh TM ca rd sp ecified by the f i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 745

    743 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.3 FNC 302 – FLWR / Data wri te 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 746

    744 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. 4 FNC 30 3 – FLRD / Data read 34.4 FNC 303 – FLRD / Data read Out li ne The FLRD instructi on reads data from th e CompactF lash TM ca rd. 1. Instruct ion forma ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 747

    745 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34. 4 FNC 30 3 – FLRD / Data read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 748

    746 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.5 F NC 304 – FLCM D / F X3U-CF-ADP c ommand 34.5 FNC 304 – FLCMD / FX 3U -CF-ADP command Out li ne The FLCMD ins tructi on gives in stru ction for operati on to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 749

    747 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.5 F NC 304 – FLCM D / F X3U-CF-ADP c ommand 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 750

    748 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read 34.6 FNC 305 – FLST RD / FX 3U -CF-ADP status read Out li ne The FLS TRD instruction read s the status (inclu ding ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 751

    749 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 752

    750 FX 3G / FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 34 FX3U-CF-ADP App lied Inst ruction s – FNC300 to FNC305 34.6 FNC 305 – FLSTRD / FX3U -CF-ADP statu s read • When is "K768 (H300 )" The FLSTRD inst ructi on reads the versi on info rmation of the CF-A DP. • Wh ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 753

    751 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 754

    752 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am *1. Output coi ls ca n be used again i n differ ent stat e relays. 31 SET Y31 State relay number Y030 2 Y032 Y030 When X001 turns ON S32 is activated, and S31 is automatically re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 755

    753 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 756

    754 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 3. Assigning devices Assign devi ces of a PLC in the created proces s drawing. 1) Assign a state rel ay to a rect angle ind icatin g a proces s. At this time , assign a st ate re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 757

    755 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 758

    756 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 35. 1.4 Handlin g an d role of i nitial state relay Hand ling of th e init ial s tate r elay • A state relay locat ed at the head of an SFC program i s the init ial state r ela ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 759

    757 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 760

    758 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Operation of state rel ays and use of an output two or more times • In different sta te relays , a same output device (Y0 02 in this example) can be programme d as shown i n th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 761

    759 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 762

    760 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Reset of state relays at one ti me and output disability For ou tput disa bilit y corresp onding to emergency stop, fol low “Cau tions on sa fety ” descri bed in th e PLC man ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 763

    761 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 764

    762 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 2. Procedure using a puls e contact instruction (M2800 to M3071) By using a n auxiliar y relay M2 800 to M3 071 in a ris ing/falli ng edge det ecti on inst ructi on (LDP, LDF, AN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 765

    763 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 766

    764 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Separation of flow When creat ing an SFC prog ram havi ng two or more i nitial st ate relay s, separa te the bloc ks for ea ch initial state rel ay. The ON sta tus can be tran sf ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 767

    765 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 768

    766 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 35.1.9 Program of branch/ recombination state relay s Selective br anch After making a branc h, create a transf er conditi on. Selective recombinat ion After creati ng a transf e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 769

    767 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 770

    768 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Composition of branches/r ecombination and dummy state 1. Whe n a recombination line is directly connected to a branch line without a state relay When a re combin ation l ine is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 771

    769 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 772

    770 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 3. It is not permitted to provide a selective transfer condition * afte r parallel branches or to recombine parallel bra nches after a tra nsfer condition < * >. 4. In the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 773

    771 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 774

    772 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 2. Example of fountain control 1) Cyclic ope ration (X001 = OFF, X002 = OFF) When the start button X000 is pres sed, the outputs t urn ON in the order “Y000 (wait indicati on) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 775

    773 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 776

    774 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 4. Example of sequential start and stop The motor s M1 to M4 are star ted in tur n by a timer, and stopped in turn in the revers e order. This SFC fl ow is based on a single fl o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 777

    775 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 778

    776 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Examples of flows having selecti ve branches and recombination 1. Operat ion of se lective bra nch • When two or more flows ar e provide d and either one is selec ted and exe c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 779

    777 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 780

    778 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am Example of flows having parallel branches and recombi nation 1. Operation of parallel branch • Branches in which all flows proc eed at the same time are cal led paral lel branc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 781

    779 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.1 S FC Progr am 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 782

    780 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 35.2 Step Ladder 35.2.1 Outli ne In progr ams using ste p ladder instr uction s, a state re lay State S is assi gned to ea ch process bas ed on machine operat ions, and sequenc e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 783

    781 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 784

    782 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 35.2.3 Expression of st ep ladder Step l adder p rograms a nd SFC pr ograms ar e subs tantial ly the same as describ ed abov e, but ac tual pr ograms ar e expres sed as shown b e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 785

    783 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 786

    784 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Program for the tran sfer destinatio n There is no change in pr ogramming es peciall y for the t ransfer destinati on. 35.2.5 Preliminary knowledge for creating step ladde r p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 787

    785 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 788

    786 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder Output drivi ng method It is requi red to in clude a LD or LDI instruc tion befo re the last OUT instru ction in a st ate rela y. Change s uch a circu it as shown below. State re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 789

    787 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 790

    788 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Example of selective r ecombination Do not use MPS, MRD, MPP, ANB and ORB i nstruct ions in a tra nsfer pro cessing pr ogram wit h branches an d recombi nation. Even in a lo a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 791

    789 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 792

    790 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2) Parallel r ecombinat ion and para llel br anch 3) Selective r ecombinat ion and parallel br anch 4) Parallel r ecombinat ion and sel ective branc h STL STL LD SET STL LD SET S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 793

    791 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 794

    792 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 2. Example of fountain control 1) Cyclic ope ration (X001 = OFF, X002 = OFF) When the start button X000 is pres sed, the outputs t urn ON in the order “Y000 (wait indicati on) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 795

    793 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 796

    794 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder The figu re belo w shows a st ep ladder pr ogram fo r select ing the ball siz e and judging balls as acc epted or reject ed. M8002 S0 X001 X003 Y001 Y007 S0 X026 Y007 S21 S21 Y00 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 797

    795 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 798

    796 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 35 SFC Program and Step La dder 35.2 S tep La dder M8002 S0 S0 Y003 Y005 X000 X001 S21 S30 S21 Y003 T0 K300 T0 S22 S30 Y005 T2 S31 S22 LD SET STL OUT OUT LD OR SET SET STL OUT OUT LD SET STL OUT LD SET STL M8002 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 799

    797 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.1 Outline 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 800

    798 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 36.2 Common Items 36.2.1 How to disable interr upt function and pulse catch fun ction This sec tion describes how to dis able the in terr upt funct ion and p uls ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 801

    799 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 802

    800 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 3. Operation when a timer is used [interrupt function] Make sure t hat coun ting usi ng a genera l timer is di sabled, even a 1ms retent ive type timer. In an in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 803

    801 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.2 Common Items 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 804

    802 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 36.3 Input Interrupt (Inte rrupt Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Delay Function] ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 805

    803 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 806

    804 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 2) When using bo th an input interr upt and the i nput refr esh (REF instruct ion) In the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 807

    805 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 808

    806 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 36.3.2 Examples of practical programs (pr ograms to measure short pulse width) By using a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 809

    807 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.3 Input Interrupt (Interrup t Triggered by Externa l Signal) [Without Dela y Function] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 810

    808 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.4 Input i nterrupt ( Interrupt by Ext ernal Signal) [With Dela y Function ] 36.4 Input interrupt (Inte rrupt by External Signal) [With Delay Function] 1. Outline An input inter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 811

    809 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 812

    810 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 6. Program e xample → For program exampl es in which RA MP (FNC 67) or HKY ( FNC 71 ) inst ructions are combin ed, r efer ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 813

    811 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.5 Timer Int errupt (Inte rrupt in Co nstant Cycl e) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC30 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 814

    812 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.6 Counter Inter rupt - Interr upt Trigge red by Counting Up of High Speed Count er 36.6 Counter Interrupt - Interrupt Triggered by Coun ting Up of High Speed Counter 1. Outline ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 815

    813 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.7 Pulse Catch Functio n [M8170 to M8177 ] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 816

    814 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 36.8 Pulse width/Pul se period measurement fu nction [M8075 to M8079, D 8074 to D8097] Th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 817

    815 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 818

    816 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 3) Signal delay time measure ment The delay time f rom the risin g edge of the inpu t sig ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 819

    817 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 36 Interr upt Fun ction and Pulse Catch Fun ction 36.8 Puls e width/Pulse pe riod measu rement func tion [M8075 to M8 079, D8074 to D 8097] 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 820

    818 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 37. Operation of Specia l Devices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Device List (M8000 -, D8000 -) The dev ice n umbers an d func ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 821

    819 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 822

    820 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) PLC Mode M 8030 *1 Battery LED OFF When M8030 set to ON, LED on PLC is not lit even if battery volt age low is detect ed. → R ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 823

    821 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 824

    822 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Error Detection (Refer to Chapter 38 for details.) [M]8060 I/O con figuratio n error 3 3 3 D8060 – – 3 – 3 [M]8061 PLC ha ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 825

    823 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 826

    824 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Memory In formation [M]8 101 Not us ed – – – – ––– – – [M]8 102 – – – – ––– – – [M]8 103 ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 827

    825 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 828

    826 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Advanced Function M 8160 *1 SWAP fu nction of XCH (FNC 17) – 3 3 –– – 3 – 3 M 8161 *1*2 8-bit pr ocess mod e 3 3 3 ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 829

    827 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 830

    828 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Counter Up /down Counter Counting Di rection (Refer to Section 4.6 for details.) M 8200 C200 When M8  is ON, the corre ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 831

    829 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 832

    830 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Flags [M]8300 to [M]8303 Not used – – – – ––– – – [M]8304 Z ero ON when th e multipl icati on and divisi on c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 833

    831 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 834

    832 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Positioning [FX 3U PLCs] (Refer to Positioning Control Manual for details.) [M]8370 [Y003] Pulse output monitor (ON: BUSY / OFF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 835

    833 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 836

    834 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) FX 3U -CF-ADP [ch1] (Refer to CF-ADP Manual for details.) [M]8 400 to [M]840 1 Not used – – – – ––– – – [M]84 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 837

    835 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 838

    836 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) PLC Statu s [D]8 007 Momentary p ower failure count Operation frequency of M8007 is stor ed. Cleared at power- off. – 3 3 M80 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 839

    837 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 840

    838 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Stepladder and An nunciator [D]8 040 *1 ON st ate num ber 1 The smallest numb er out of active s tate rangin g from S0 to S899 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 841

    839 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 842

    840 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Pulse width/Pulse pe riod measuremen t [FX 3G PLCs ] D 8074 *1 Lower [ X000] Rin g count er value for ris ing edge (1/6 µ s un ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 843

    841 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 844

    842 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) High Speed Counte r Comparison, High Speed Table, and Positioning [Positioning is supported in FX 3G , FX 1S , FX 1N , and FX 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 845

    843 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 846

    844 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Advanced Function [D]8 160 Not us ed – – – – ––– – – [D]8 161 – – – – ––– – – [D]8 162 – ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 847

    845 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 848

    846 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Analo g Specia l Adapte r [FX 3U , FX 3UC ] ( Refer to Subsecti on 37. 2.19 fo r appl icabili ty of each an alog s pecial a dap ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 849

    847 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 850

    848 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) Timing Clock (Refer to Sec tion 24.3 for details.) and Positioning [FX 3U and FX 3UC PLCs] (Refer to Positioning Con trol Editi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 851

    849 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 852

    850 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) RS2 (FNC 87) [c h2] and Computer Link [ch2] (Refer to Data Communication Edition for details.) D 8420 RS2 (FNC 87) [c h2] Commu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 853

    851 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.1 Sp ecial Device L ist (M8000 -, D 8000 -) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 854

    852 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2 Supplement of Sp ecial Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) This se ctio n explai ns how to u se the provided speci ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 855

    853 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 856

    854 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.4 Power failure detection t ime [D8008 , M8008 and M8007] 1. FX 3U PLC (AC power supply type) The tabl e bel ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 857

    855 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 858

    856 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.8 How to set real time clock The re al time clock is set by the followi ng method. 1. Method using the displ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 859

    857 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 860

    858 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.9 Input filter adjustment [ D8020] The input s X000 to X017 *1 have a digi tal fil ter circui t with a setti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 861

    859 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 862

    860 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 37.2.11 Built-in analog volume [D8030 and D8031] Values of v ariable a nalog potenti ometers built in FX 3G PLCs ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 863

    861 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 864

    862 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 4. RUN/STOP command via the programming tool 1) Using the progr amming soft ware for pe rsonal computer There is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 865

    863 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 866

    864 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 2. Special da ta register (D8260 to D8279) •F X 3G PLC *1. Only a 40-po int or 60- point ty pe FX 3G PLC can be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 867

    865 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 868

    866 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) *1. In th e case of FX 3U PLCs, all versions ar e applic able. Number Operation and function FX 3U -4AD-P T(W)-AD ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 869

    867 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 870

    868 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 2. Special data reg isters (D826 0 to D8299) •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. FX 3U PLCs suppo rt these op erati ons and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 871

    869 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 872

    870 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) •F X 3G PLCs *1. Only a 40-po int or 60- point ty pe FX 3G PLC can be co nnected. Number Operation and function ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 873

    871 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 37 Operat ion of Speci al Device s (M8000 - , D8000 -) 37.2 Su pplement of Special Devi ces (M800 0 - and D8000 - ) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regist ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 874

    872 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 38. Error Check M ethod and Error Code List When a n error occu rs whil e the progra m is being exe cuted , troub lesho ot the cau ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 875

    873 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 876

    874 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.1 Stat es and Color s of LEDs PLC Ope ration Status 38.1.6 L RUN LED [FX 3UC -32MT- LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT only. 38.1.7 L ERR LED [FX 3UC -32MT- LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT only ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 877

    875 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.2 Erro r Code Check Method and Indication 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 878

    876 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.2 Erro r Code Check Method and Indication 38.2.2 Error code check method by GX Developer 1 Connect a person al computer t o PLC. 2 Execute PLC diag nostics. Click [Diagnostics] - [PL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 879

    877 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.3 Su ppl emen tar y Ex pl anat ion of Devi ces for Err or Det ecti on 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 880

    878 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.3 Su ppl emen tar y Ex pl anat ion of Devi ces for Err or Det ecti on 38.3.2 Operations of special devi ces for error detec tion Special auxili ary rel ays for err or det ection and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 881

    879 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 882

    880 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action PLC/PP communic ation error (D80 62) Serial communic ation erro r 0 [M8062 (D8062)] 0000 ⎯ No er ror 6201 Continues operati on Parity, ov errun or fra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 883

    881 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 884

    882 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action Operation er ror [M8067 (D8067)] 0000 No er ror 6701 Continues operati on • No jump destina tion (point er) for CJ or CALL instruction • Label is un ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 885

    883 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 886

    884 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 38 Error Chec k Method and Err or Code List 38.4 Error Code Lis t and Action *1. The unit nu mber 0 to 7 of the specia l functi on unit/ block err or is put i n  . Operation er ror [M8067 (D8067)] 6762 Continues operati on Por ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 887

    885 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 888

    886 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 2) FX-30P FX-30 P is ap plicable t o FX 3G , FX 3U and FX 3U C PLCs start ing with t he followin g version : a) FX 3G PLCs b) FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 889

    887 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 890

    888 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity Circuit blooks which require att ention on operation af ter writing du ring RUN During RUN, avoid writin g to a circuit bloc k in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 891

    889 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 892

    890 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity Appendix A-1-4 Cautions on using transparent function by way of USB in GOT1000 Series Make su re to provi de the fol lowing set t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 893

    891 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-1 P rogramm ing Tool Applicabi lity 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 894

    892 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-2 Peripheral product appli cability (except progra mming tools) Appendix A- 2 Perip heral product applicability (except programming tool s) Appendix A-2-1 Peripheral ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 895

    893 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-2 Peripheral product appli cability (except progra mming tools) 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 896

    894 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History Appendix A- 3 Vers ion Upgrade History Appendix A-3-1 Manufacturer's ser ial number check method The year and mont h of producti on o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 897

    895 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 898

    896 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and V ersion Upgrade History A-3 Version U pgrade History Appendix A-3 -5 Version upgrade hi story [FX 3UC ] *1. The FX 3UC -32MT-L T suppor ts Ver.2. 41 from the manufact urer's ser ial numb ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 899

    897 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 900

    898 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 0.71 0 .71 T192 to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 901

    899 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 902

    900 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 2.77 2 .54 T246 to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 903

    901 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC•S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 904

    902 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-1 Basic I nstruction E xecution Ti me *1. M1536 to M3583, M825 6 to M85 11, S 1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M85 11 *3. M3584 to M7679 Outp ut in structi ons OUT T D 3.55 3 .32 T246 to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 905

    903 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-2 Step La dder Ins truction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 906

    904 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Appendix B-4 Applie d Instruction Execution Tim e •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLCs FNC No. Instructi on Execut i on tim e in ON status ( µ s) Exec ution time in OFF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 907

    905 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 908

    906 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Exter nal FX I/O de vice 78 FROM *1 141 + 419n 119 + 841 n 0.5 85 1.105 n: Number of transfer po ints FROM *2 107 + 903n 119 + 1791n 0.585 1.105 n: Number ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 909

    907 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 910

    908 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Real time clock control 160 TC MP 21 .3 ⎯ 0. 715 ⎯ 161 TZCP 22.6 ⎯ 0. 585 ⎯ 162 TA DD 13 .4 ⎯ 0. 455 ⎯ 163 TS UB 13 .4 ⎯ 0. 455 ⎯ 164 HTOS ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 911

    909 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 912

    910 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Data comparis on 237 AN D<= 1.22 1 .48 1 .22 1. 48 For d etai ls, refe r t o Appendix B-6-2. 238 A ND >= 1.22 1.48 1.22 1.48 For deta ils , re fer to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 913

    911 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 914

    912 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e •F X 3G PLCs FNC No. Inst ruc- tion Standard mode Extens ion mode Remarks Executio n time in O N status ( µ s) Execut ion time in OFF status ( µ s) Exe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 915

    913 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 916

    914 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e Floatin g point 110 ECM P ⎯ 12.46 ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 14.68 ⎯ 0.8 112 EMO V ⎯ 6. 36 ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 7.68 ⎯ 0.8 120 EADD ⎯ 11.96 ⎯ 0.6 1 ⎯ 13. 96 ⎯ 0. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 917

    915 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-4 Ap plied Instr uction Exe cution Tim e 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF -ADP 35 SFC? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 918

    916 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-5 Execu t ion Tim e of Pulse Genera tion Instruc tion P in Eac h Appl ied Instruct ion Appendix B-5 Execution Ti me of Pulse Gener ation Instruction P in Each Applied Instruction •F X 3U /FX 3UC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 919

    917 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-5 Execu t ion Tim e of Pulse Genera tion Instruc tion P in Eac h Appl ied Instruct ion 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 920

    918 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing Appendix B-6 Exec ution Time on Combination of Applicable Devices and Indexing In examples shown below for basic i nstruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 921

    919 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing 31 FNC275-FNC279 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register 34 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 922

    920 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition B Instruct ion Exe cution Time B-6 Execu t ion Tim e on Co mbinat ion of Appli cable Devices and Index ing •F X 3G PLCs - Data c omparison instr uction (16-bit oper ation) *1. When K4 is specified, and the hea d bit devic e num ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 923

    921 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix C: Applied Instruction List [by Instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 924

    922 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] OR<> FNC244 OR Compar e ≠ 658 OR <= FNC245 OR Co mpare ≤ 658 OR >= FNC246 OR Co mpare ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 925

    923 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models CCD FNC 84 Check Code 464 CRC FNC188 Cyclic Redund ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 926

    924 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instructi on type] 16. Spec ial block/u nit contro l instruct ions Mnemonic FNC No. Functio n Ref. Page FROM FNC 78 Read ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 927

    925 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix C-2 Applie d instructions [in alphabe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 928

    926 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] F FDEL FNC210 Deleting Data from Ta bles 641 FEND FNC 06 Main Routine Pr ogram End 233 FINS FNC211 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 929

    927 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Ser ies P rogra mmabl e Cont rol lers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition C Applied In struction Lis t [by Instructio n Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 A pplied instruct ions [in alphabetic al order ] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models P PID FNC 88 PID Control Loop 47 4 PLSR FNC 59 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 930

    928 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition D Disco ntinued models Appendix D: Discontinued models The tabl e below show s disconti nued models of MELSEC-F Seri es PLCs and progr amming to ols descri bed in this manual. Discontinued m odel Produc tion stop date Repair acce ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 931

    929 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition D Disco ntinued models C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models MEMO ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 932

    930 Warran ty FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Warra nty Please confirm the follow ing prod uct warra nty detai ls befor e using this prod uct. 1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis W arranty Range If any fault s or defe cts (herein after "F ailure") f ound t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 933

    931 Revis ed History FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition Revised History Date Create d Re visio n Descript ion 7/2005 A First Editi on 2/2006 B FX 3U and FX 3UC se ries versio n 2.30 co mpat ible • Two instruct ions are ad ded. - MEP, MEF [Sect ion 3.1, Chapter 7, Ap ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 934

    932 Revis ed History FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programm able Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Appli ed Instructi on Edition 3/2007 C • Caution on storing sign dat a of charact er stri ng is added [S ection 26.2]. • The sentence d escri bing rou gh guide t o the wat chdog ti mer set va lue is modi fied [Secti ons 3 3.3 a nd 33.6] . ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 935

    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - page 936

    HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TO KYO 100-8310, JA PAN HIMEJI WORKS: 840, CHIYODA CHO, HIM EJI, JAPAN JY997 D16601G (MEE) Effect ive Nov. 2009 Specific ation s are subj ect to change w ithout n otice. MODEL FX-P3-E MODEL CODE 09R517 FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGRAMM ABLE CONTROLL ERS PRO GRAMM ING MANU AL Basic & ...

Manufacturer Mitsubishi Electronics Category Video Gaming Accessories

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Mitsubishi Electronics technical drawings
- FX3G manuals
- Mitsubishi Electronics product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G.

A complete manual for the device Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G.

A complete Mitsubishi Electronics manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G - which should help us in our first steps of using Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Mitsubishi Electronics FX3G it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Comments (0)